RVS SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Department of Biomedical Engineering Lab Manual BM 2209 - Electronic Circuits Lab
Oct 28, 2014
RVS SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
Department of Biomedical Engineering
Lab Manual
BM 2209 - Electronic Circuits Lab
Prepared by
MMANTHIRALAKSHMANAN APBME
BM 2209 ndash ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABmdashIII sem BME
1 Rectifiers ndash HWR and FWR (with amp without capacitor filter)2 Zener diode as regulator3 Study of biasing circuits
a i) Fixed bias ii) Self bias iii) collector to base bias4 FET amplifier5 Differential amp ndash CMRR and determination of Gain6 Design of RC coupled amplifier7 Design of Voltage series feedback amplifier8 Design of Class A and Class B amplifier9 Design of RC phase shift oscillator10 Design of Hartley Oscillator11 Design of Colpittrsquos oscillator12 Study of pulse shaping circuits
i) Astable Multivibrator ii) Monostable Multivibrator
1 HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
AIMTo construct half wave rectifier and to draw their input and output
waveforms
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 13 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA USED
Ripple Factor = Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
Half wave rectifier
A rectifier is a circuit which uses one or more diodes to convert AC voltage into DC voltage In this rectifier during the positive half cycle of the AC input voltage the diode is forward biased and conducts for all voltages greater than the offset voltage of the semiconductor material used The voltage produced across the load resistor has same shape as that of the positive input half cycle of AC input voltageDuring the negative half cycle the diode is reverse biased and it does not conduct So there is no current flow or voltage drop across load resistor The net result is that only the positive half cycle of the input voltage appears at the output
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Apply ac input using transformer3 Measure the amplitude and time period for the input and output waveforms4 Calculate ripple factor
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WITHOUT FILTER
FIG131
WITH FILTER
FIG132
MODEL GRAPH
FIG135
TAB91
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
Without filter With filterInput signal Output signal
Amplitude(V) Time period Amplitude(V) Time period
RESULT Thus the half wave rectifier was constructed and its input and output waveforms are drawn The ripple factor of capacitive filter is calculated as
Ripple factor=
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
1 Rectifiers ndash HWR and FWR (with amp without capacitor filter)2 Zener diode as regulator3 Study of biasing circuits
a i) Fixed bias ii) Self bias iii) collector to base bias4 FET amplifier5 Differential amp ndash CMRR and determination of Gain6 Design of RC coupled amplifier7 Design of Voltage series feedback amplifier8 Design of Class A and Class B amplifier9 Design of RC phase shift oscillator10 Design of Hartley Oscillator11 Design of Colpittrsquos oscillator12 Study of pulse shaping circuits
i) Astable Multivibrator ii) Monostable Multivibrator
1 HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
AIMTo construct half wave rectifier and to draw their input and output
waveforms
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 13 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA USED
Ripple Factor = Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
Half wave rectifier
A rectifier is a circuit which uses one or more diodes to convert AC voltage into DC voltage In this rectifier during the positive half cycle of the AC input voltage the diode is forward biased and conducts for all voltages greater than the offset voltage of the semiconductor material used The voltage produced across the load resistor has same shape as that of the positive input half cycle of AC input voltageDuring the negative half cycle the diode is reverse biased and it does not conduct So there is no current flow or voltage drop across load resistor The net result is that only the positive half cycle of the input voltage appears at the output
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Apply ac input using transformer3 Measure the amplitude and time period for the input and output waveforms4 Calculate ripple factor
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WITHOUT FILTER
FIG131
WITH FILTER
FIG132
MODEL GRAPH
FIG135
TAB91
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
Without filter With filterInput signal Output signal
Amplitude(V) Time period Amplitude(V) Time period
RESULT Thus the half wave rectifier was constructed and its input and output waveforms are drawn The ripple factor of capacitive filter is calculated as
Ripple factor=
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
1 HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
AIMTo construct half wave rectifier and to draw their input and output
waveforms
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 13 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA USED
Ripple Factor = Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
Half wave rectifier
A rectifier is a circuit which uses one or more diodes to convert AC voltage into DC voltage In this rectifier during the positive half cycle of the AC input voltage the diode is forward biased and conducts for all voltages greater than the offset voltage of the semiconductor material used The voltage produced across the load resistor has same shape as that of the positive input half cycle of AC input voltageDuring the negative half cycle the diode is reverse biased and it does not conduct So there is no current flow or voltage drop across load resistor The net result is that only the positive half cycle of the input voltage appears at the output
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Apply ac input using transformer3 Measure the amplitude and time period for the input and output waveforms4 Calculate ripple factor
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WITHOUT FILTER
FIG131
WITH FILTER
FIG132
MODEL GRAPH
FIG135
TAB91
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
Without filter With filterInput signal Output signal
Amplitude(V) Time period Amplitude(V) Time period
RESULT Thus the half wave rectifier was constructed and its input and output waveforms are drawn The ripple factor of capacitive filter is calculated as
Ripple factor=
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Apply ac input using transformer3 Measure the amplitude and time period for the input and output waveforms4 Calculate ripple factor
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WITHOUT FILTER
FIG131
WITH FILTER
FIG132
MODEL GRAPH
FIG135
TAB91
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
Without filter With filterInput signal Output signal
Amplitude(V) Time period Amplitude(V) Time period
RESULT Thus the half wave rectifier was constructed and its input and output waveforms are drawn The ripple factor of capacitive filter is calculated as
Ripple factor=
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
MODEL GRAPH
FIG135
TAB91
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
Without filter With filterInput signal Output signal
Amplitude(V) Time period Amplitude(V) Time period
RESULT Thus the half wave rectifier was constructed and its input and output waveforms are drawn The ripple factor of capacitive filter is calculated as
Ripple factor=
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER
FIG81
FULLWAVE RECTIFIER WITH FILTER
FIG82
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
2 FULL WAVE RECTIFIERAIM
To construct a full wave rectifier and to measure dc voltage under load and to calculate the ripple factor
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transformer 230 V 6-0-(-6) 12 Diode IN4007 23 Resistor 1 kΩ 14 Capacitor 100microF 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
FORMULA
Ripple Factor = radic [(Imradic2) (2Im л)] 2-1 Where Im is the peak current
THEORY
The full wave rectifier conducts for both the positive and negative half cycles of the input ac supply In order to rectify both the half cycles of the ac input two diodes are used in this circuit The diodes feed a common load RL with the help of a centre tapped transformer The ac voltage is applied through a suitable power transformer with proper turnrsquos ratio The rectifierrsquos dc output is obtained across the load
The dc load current for the full wave rectifier is twice that of the half wave rectifier The lowest ripple factor is twice that of the full wave rectifier The efficiency of full wave rectification is twice that of half wave rectification The ripple factor also for the full wave rectifier is less compared to the half wave rectifierPROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram wiyhout filter2 Note the amplitude and time period of the input signal at the secondary winding of
the transformer and rectified output3 Repeat the same steps with the filter and measure Vdc4 Calculate the ripple factor5 Draw the graph for voltage versus time
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
MODEL GRAPH
RESULT
Thus the full wave rectifier was constructed and the ripple factor was calculated as Ripple factor =
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by rectifier
2 Write the operation of two diodes during the application of AC input signal
3 Which type of transformer used for the rectifier input
4 Define ripple factor
5 Write the efficiency of this rectifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
3 FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
AIM
To construct a fixed bias amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 12 Resistor 10 kΩ100 kΩ680 Ω 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Spread Board 17 Capacitor 47microF 2
FORMULA
a) R2 (R1+R2) = voltage at which Class A Class B or Class C operation takes place
b) hfe = ΔIc ΔI
THEORY
In order to operate the transistor in the desired region we have to apply an external dc voltage of correct polarity and magnitude to the two junctions of the transistor This is called biasing of the transistor
When we bias a transistor we establish a certain current and voltage conditions for the transistor These conditions are called operating conditions or dc operating point or quiescent point This point must be stable for proper operation of transistor An important and common type of biasing is called Fixed Biasing The circuit is very simple and uses only few components But the circuit does not check the collector current which increases with the rise in temperature
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG92 f2 f (Hz)TABULATION
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF FIXED BIAS AMPLIFIER
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
PROCEDURE1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for Class A Class B and Class C
operations by varying the input voltages3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
CALCULATIONS
a) To determine the value of bias resistanceR2 (R1+ R2)
b) hfe =∆ IC∆IB
RESULTThus the Fixed bias amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is
plotted
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
4BJT AMPLIFIER USING VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIAS
AIMTo constant a voltage divider bias amplifier and measure input resistance and gain and
also to plot the dc collector current as a function of collector resistance
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 56kΩ12kΩ22kΩ470Ω 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
FIG51
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
a) Rin = β Re
b) Gain = β ReRin
THEORY
This type of biasing is otherwise called Emitter Biasing The necessary biasing is provided using 3 resistors R1 R2 and Re The resistors R1 and R2 act as a potential divider and give a fixed voltage to the base If the collector current increases due to change in temperature or change in β the emitter current Ie also increases and the voltage drop across Re increases reducing the voltage difference between the base and the emitter Due to reduction in V be base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in Vbe base current Ib and hence collector current Ic also reduces This reduction in the collector current compensates for the original change in Ic
The stability factor S= (1+β) ((1 (1+β)) To have better stability we must keep RbRe as small as possible Hence the value of R1 R2 must be small If the ratio RbRe is kept fixed S increases with β
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 Measure the input resistance as Rin=VinIin (with output open) and gain by plotting the
frequency response
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
3 Compare the theoretical values with the practical values4 Plot the dc collector current as a function of the collector resistance (ie) plot of V cc
and Ic for various values of Re
RESULT
Thus the voltage divider bias amplifier was constructed and input resistance and gain were determined The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
5FET AMPLIFIER AIM
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
To construct a source follower with bootstrapped gate resistance amplifier and plot its frequency response characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 1kΩ11 kΩ1M kΩ 1113 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 17 Capacitor 001microF 2
FIG131
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 f2 f (Hz)
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Keep the input voltage constant (Vin) =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain = 20 log (Vo Vin) (in dB)
THEORY
Source follower is similar to the emitter follower( the output source voltage follow the gate input voltage)the circuit has a voltage gain of less than unity no phase reversal high input impedance low output impedance Here the Bootstrapping is used to increase the input resistance by connecting a resistance in between gate and source terminals The resister RA is required to develop the necessary bias for the gate
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are made as per the circuit diagram2 The waveforms at the input and output are observed for cascode operations by varying the input frequency
3 The biasing resistances needed to locate the Q-point are determined 4 Set the input voltage as 1V and by varying the frequency note the output voltage
5 Calculate gain=20 log (Vo Vin)6 A graph is plotted between frequency and gain
RESULT
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Thus the Source follower with Bootstrapped gate resistance was constructed and the gain was determined
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by source follower
2 What is meant by Bootstrapping
3 How the above circuit is used to provide a good impedance matching
4 What is the advantage of bootstrapping method
6DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER USING BJT
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Aim To construct a differential amplifier using BJT and to determine the dc collector current of individual transistors and also to calculate the CMRR
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC107 22 Resistor 47kΩ 10kΩ 213 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 14 Function Generator (0-3) MHz 25 CRO 30 MHz 16 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
OBSERVATIONVIN =VO =AC = VO VIN
FORMULA
Common mode Gain (Ac) = VO VIN
Differential mode Gain (Ad) = V0 VIN
Where VIN = V1 ndash V2
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) = AdAc
Where Ad is the differential mode gainAc is the common mode gain
THEORY
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
The differential amplifier is a basic stage of an integrated operational amplifier It is used to amplify the difference between 2 signals It has excellent stability high versatility and immunity to noise In a practical differential amplifier the output depends not only upon the difference of the 2 signals but also depends upon the common mode signal
Transistor Q1 and Q2 have matched characteristics The values of RC1 and RC2 are equal Re1 and Re2 are also equal and this differential amplifier is called emitter coupled differential amplifier The output is taken between the two output terminals
OBSERVATION
VIN = V1 ndash V2
V0 =Ad = V0 VIN
For the differential mode operation the input is taken from two different sources and the common mode operation the applied signals are taken from the same source
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) is an important parameter of the differential amplifier CMRR is defined as the ratio of the differential mode gain Ad to the common mode gain Ac
CMRR = Ad Ac
In ideal cases the value of CMRR is very high
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
PROCEDURE
1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram2 To determine the common mode gain we set input signal with voltage Vin=2V
and determine Vo at the collector terminals Calculate common mode gain Ac=VoVin
3 To determine the differential mode gain we set input signals with voltages V1 and V2 Compute Vin=V1-V2 and find Vo at the collector terminals Calculate differential mode gain Ad=VoVin
4 Calculate the CMRR=AdAc5 Measure the dc collector current for the individual transistors
RESULT
Thus the Differential amplifier was constructed and dc collector current for the individual transistors is determined The CMRR is calculated as
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is a differential amplifier2 What is common mode and differential mode inputs in a differential amplifier3 Define CMRR4 What is common mode signal
5 Write some applications of Differential amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
7 CLASS - A POWER AMPLIFIER
AIM
To construct a Class A power amplifier and observe the waveform and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ33Ω220Ω 213 Capacitor 47 microF 24 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
FORMULA
Maximum power transfer =Pomax=Vo2RL
Effeciencyη = PomaxPc
THEORY The power amplifier is said to be Class A amplifier if the Q point and the input signal are selected such that the output signal is obtained for a full input signal cycle For all values of input signal the transistor remains in the active region and never enters into cut-off or saturation region When an ac signal is applied the collector voltage varies sinusoidally hence the collector current also varies sinusoidallyThe collector current flows for 3600 (full cycle) of the input signal i e the angle of the collector current flow is 3600
PROCEDURE1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 10 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)
RESULTThus the Class A power amplifier was constructed The following parameters were
calculateda) Maximum output power=
` b) Efficiency=
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
1 What is meant by Power Amplifier
2 What is the maximum efficiency in class ndash A amplifier
3 What are the disadvantages of Class ndashA amplifier
4 Write some applications of Power amplifier
5 What is the position of Q-point in Class ndashA amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
8CLASS B COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY POWER AMPLIFIERAIM
To construct a Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier and observe the waveforms with and without cross-over distortion and to compute maximum output power and efficiency
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor CL100 BC558 112 Resistor 47kΩ15kΩ 213 Capacitor 100microF 24 Diode IN4007 25 Signal Generator (0-3)MHz 16 CRO 30MHz 17 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 18 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FORMULAInput power Pin=2VccImПOutput power Pout=VmIm2Power Gain or efficiency η=л4(VmVcc) 100
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
THEORYA power amplifier is said to be Class B amplifier if the Q-point and the input signal are
selected such that the output signal is obtained only for one half cycle for a full input cycle The Q-point is selected on the X-axis Hence the transistor remains in the active region only for the positive half of the input signalThere are two types of Class B power amplifiers Push Pull amplifier and complementary symmetry amplifier In the complementary symmetry amplifier one n-p-n and another p-n-p transistor is used The matched pair of transistor are used in the common collector configuration In the positive half cycle of the input signal the n-p-n transistor is driven into active region and starts conducting and in negative half cycle the p-n-p transistor is driven into conduction However there is a period between the crossing of the half cycles of the input signals for which none of the transistor is active and output is zero
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FIG62
OBSERVATIONOUTPUT SIGNALAMPLITUDE TIME PERIOD
CALCULATION
POWER PIN = 2VCC ImлOUTPUT POWER POUT = VmIm2EFFICIENCY η = ( л4)( Vm VCC) x 100
MODEL GRAPH
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
FIG63
PROCEDURE1 Connections are given as per the circuit diagram without diodes2 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal
and distorted waveforms3 Connections are made with diodes
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
4 Observe the waveforms and note the amplitude and time period of the input signal and output signal
5 Draw the waveforms for the readings6 Calculate the maximum output power and efficiencyHence the nature of the output signal gets distorted and no longer remains the same as the
input This distortion is called cross-over distortion Due to this distortion each transistor conducts for less than half cycle rather than the complete half cycle To overcome this distortion we add 2 diodes to provide a fixed bias and eliminate cross-over distortion
RESULTThus the Class B complementary symmetry power amplifier was constructed to observe
cross-over distortion and the circuit was modified to avoid the distortion The following parameters were calculated
a)Maximum output power=
b)Efficiency=
9 RC COUPLED AMPLIFIER
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Aim To desgn an RC coupled amplifier and to plot its frequency responseComponents and equipments required Regulated Power supply function generator Transistor BC 107 Capacitors and resistorsCircuit diagram
Procedure1 Test all the components using a multimeter Set up the circuit and verify dc biasconditions To check dc bias conditions remove input signal and capacitors inthe circuit2 Connect the capacitors in the circuit Apply a 100 mV peak to peak sinusoidalsignal from the function generator to the circuit input Observe the input andoutput waveforms on the CRO screen simultaneously3 Keep the input voltage constant at 100 mV vary the frequency of the input signalfrom 0 to 1 MHz or highest frequency available in the generator Measure theoutput amplitude corresponding to di_erent frequencies and enter it in tabularcolumn4 Plot the frequency response characteristics on a graph sheet with gain in dB ony-axis and logf on x-axis Mark log fL and log fH corresponding to 3 dB points(If a semi-log graph sheet is used instead of ordinary graph sheet mark f alongx-axis instead of logf)5 Calculate the bandwidth of the ampli_er using the expression BW= fH- fL6 Remove the emitter bypass capacitor CE from the circuit and repeat the steps 3to 5 and observe that the bandwidth increases and gain decreases in the absence
Tabulation
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Vin= ___________
Sl no Frequency Output voltage(Vo)
Gain(VoVin) Gain(db)20 log (gain)
QUESTIONS
1 Differentiate between ac and dc load lines Explain their importance in ampli_er analysis2 Why is the center point of the active region chosen for dc biasing3 What happens if extreme portions of the active region are chosen for dc biasing4 Draw the output characteristics of the amplifier and mark the load-line on it Also markthe three regions of operation on the output characteristics5 Which are the different forms of coupling used in multi-stage ampli_ers6 Draw hybrid and hybrid equivalent models of a transistor in the CE con_guration7 Draw the Ebers-Moll model of a BJT8 What are self bias and fixed bias9 Give a few applications of RC-coupled amplifier
10 RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Aim To design and set up an RC phase shift oscillator using BJT and to observe thesinusoidal output waveform
Components and equipments required Transistor dc source capacitors resis-tors potentiometer breadboard and CRO
Theory An oscillator is an electronic circuit for generating an ac signal voltage witha dc supply as the only input requirement The frequency of the generated signal isdecided by the circuit elements An oscillator requires an ampli_er a frequency selec-tive network and a positive feedback from the output to the input The Barkhausencriterion for sustained oscillation is A_ = 1 where A is the gain of the ampli_er and _is the feedback factor The unity gain means signal is in phase (If the signal is 180_out of phase gain will be 10485761) If a common emitter ampli_er is used with a resistive collector load there is a 180_ phase shift between the voltages at the base and the collector Feedback network between the collector and the base must introduce an additional 180_ phase shift at aparticular frequency In the figure shown three sections of phase shift networks are used so that each section introduces approximately 60ס phase shift at resonant frequency By analysisresonant frequency f can be expressed by the equation
The three section RC network o_ers a _ of 129 Hence the gain of the amplifiershould be 29 For this the requirement on the hFE of the transistor is found to be
The phase shift oscillator is particularly useful in the audio frequency range
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Procedure The connections are given as per circuit diagram and the ouput sinusoidal waveform is traced using CRO at Vo Viva-voce questions and answers
1 Classify the sinusoidal oscillatorsSinusoidal oscillators can be classi_ed as RC and LC oscillators LC oscillators are usedfor high frequency generation while RC oscillators for audio frequency generation2 Explain Barkhausen criteria for sustained oscillationa) Total loop gain (A_) of the circuit must be exactly unity where A is the gain of theampli_er and _ is the feedback factor b) Total phase shift around the loop must be 360_
3 What are the practical applications of a phase shift oscillatorRC-phase shift oscillator is widely used as audio frequency oscillator
4 What happens when CE is removed WhyWhen CE is removed gain of the ampli_er decreases and oscillation gets damped
5 Why is a minimum hFE value required for the circuit to function as an oscillatorA minimum hFE is required to obtain su_cient gain for the ampli_er part to satisfy theBarkhausen criteria for oscillation
6 How does one RC section generate a phase di_erence of 60_Phase shift introduced by one RC network is tan10485761(RC) Suitable values of R and Cwill provide 60_ phase shift between input and output of one RC network at a particularfrequency
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
11 HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
Aim - To construct Hartley oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequency
Apparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) two inductorscapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Theory -The Hartley oscillator is designed for generation of sinusoidaloscillations in the RF range (20 KHz - 30 MHz) It is very popular and used in radioreceivers as a local oscillator
The circuit diagram of Hartley oscillator (parallel or shunt-fed) using BJT isshown in Figure It consists of an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CEconfiguration R1 and R2 are two resistors which form a voltage divider bias to thetransistor A resistor RE is connected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit againsttemperature variations A capacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypasscapacitor and provides a low reactive path to the amplified ac signal The couplingcapacitor CC blocks dc and provides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuit TheL-C feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two inductors L1 and L2 (in series) whichare placed across a common capacitor C and the centre of the two inductors is tapped asshown in fig The feedback network (L1 L2 and C) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator
When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitor C When this capacitor is fully charged it dischargesthrough coils L1 and L2 setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltage across L1 which is appliedto the base emitter junction of the transistor and appears in the amplified form in thecollector circuit Feedback of energy from output (collector emitter circuit) to input(base-emitter circuit is) accomplished through auto transformer action The output of theamplifier is applied across the inductor L1 and the voltage across L2 forms the feedbackvoltage The coil L1 is inductively coupled to coil L2 and the combination acts as anauto-transformer This energy supplied to the tank circuit overcomes the losses occurringin it Consequently the oscillations are sustained in the circuit
The energy supplied to the tank circuit is in phase with the generated oscillationsThe phase difference between the voltages across L1 and that across L2 is always 180degbecause the centre of the two is grounded A further phase of 180deg is introduced between
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
the input and output voltages by the transistor itself Thus the total phase shift becomes3600 (or zero) thereby making the feedback positive or regenerative which is essentialfor oscillations So continuous undamped oscillations are obtained
Procedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of C L1 and L2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency (f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging C or L1 or L2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Result Thus the Hartley oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation are verified
Viva questions
1 Explain the operation of a Hartley oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of Hartley oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Hartley oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
12 Colpitts Oscillator
Aim - To construct Colpittrsquos oscillator using a transistor to find out the frequency ofoscillation and comparing it to that of theoretical frequencyApparatus - n-p-n transistor Carbon resistors (as shown in circuit) inductorcapacitors dc power supply CRO and connecting terminals
Formulae - The frequency of oscillation of the oscillator
Description - The Colpittrsquos oscillator is designed for generation of high frequencysinusoidal oscillations (radio frequencies ranging from 10KHz to 100MHz) They arewidely used in commercial signal generators up to 100MHz Colpitts oscillator is sameas Hartley oscillator except for one difference Instead of using a tapped inductanceColpitts oscillator uses a tapped capacitanceThe circuit diagram of Colpittrsquos oscillator using BJT is shown in Fig It consistsof an R-C coupled amplifier using an n-p-n transistor in CE configuration R1 and R2 aretwo resistors which form a voltage divider bias to the transistor A resistor RE isconnected in the circuit which stabilizes the circuit against temperature variations Acapacitor CE is connected in parallel with RE acts as a bypass capacitor and provides alow reactive path to the amplified ac signal The coupling capacitor CC blocks dc andprovides an ac path from the collector to the tank circuitThe feedback network (tank circuit) consists of two capacitors C1 and C2 (inseries) which placed across a common inductor L The centre of the two capacitors istapped (grounded) The feedback network (C1 C2 and L) determines the frequency ofoscillation of the oscillator The two series capacitors C1 and C2 form the potentialdivider led for providing the feedback voltage The voltage developed across thecapacitor C2 provides regenerative feedback which is essential for sustained oscillations
Theory - When the collector supply voltage Vcc is switched on collector current startsrising and charges the capacitors C1 and C2 When these capacitors are fully charged theydischarge through coil L setting up damped harmonic oscillations in the tank circuit Theoscillatory current in the tank circuit produces an ac voltages across C1 C2 Theoscillations across C2 are applied to base-emitter junction of the transistor and appears inthe amplified form in the collector circuit and overcomes the losses occurring in the tankcircuitThe feedback voltage ( across the capacitor C2) is 180deg out of phase with theoutput voltage ( across the capacitor C1) as the centre of the two capacitors isgrounded A phase shift of 180deg is produced by the feedback network and a further phaseshift of 180deg between the output and input voltage is produced by the CE transistorHence the total phase shift is 360deg or 0deg which is essential for sustained oscillations as
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
per the Barkhausen criterion So we get continuous undamped oscillationsProcedure -The circuit is connected as shown in figure Connect the CRO across theoutput terminals of the oscillator Switch on the power supply to both the oscillator andCRO Select proper values of L C1 and C2 in the oscillator circuit and get the sine waveform on the screen of CRO The voltage (deflection) sensitivity band switch (Y-plates)and time base band switch (X-plates) are adjusted such that a steady and completepicture of one or two sine waveform is obtained on the screen The horizontal length (l)between two successive peaks is noted When this horizontal length (l) is multiplied bythe time base (m) ie secdiv we get the time-period (T = l x m)The reciprocal of thetime-period(1T) gives the frequency(f) This can be verified with the frequencycalculated theoretically by using the above formula The experiment is repeated bychanging L or C1 or C2 or all The readings are noted in the table given
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TABULATION
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Result Thus the colpitts oscillator is designed and the theoretical and practical frequency of oscillation is verified
Viva Questions
1 Explain the operation of a Colpitts oscillators2 What is the difference between LC oscillators and RC oscillators3 Give the applications of copitts oscillator4 What is the phase shift in Colpitts oscillator5 What is the frequency of oscillation of Colpitts oscillator
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
13ZENER DIODE AS VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Aim To determine the line regulation and load regulation characteristics of a zener diode
Apparatus required
Regulated Power supply zener diode resistors milliammeters
Theory
The function of a regulator is to provide a constant output voltage to a load connected in parallel with it in spite of the ripples in the supply voltage or the variation in the load current and the zener diode will continue to regulate the voltage until the diodes current falls below the minimum IZ(min) value in the reverse breakdown region It permits current to flow in the forward direction as normal but will also allow it to flow in the reverse direction when the voltage is above a certain value - the breakdown voltage known as the Zener voltage The Zener diode specially made to have a reverse voltage breakdown at a specific voltage Its characteristics are otherwise very similar to common diodes In breakdown the voltage across the Zener diode is close to constant over a wide range of currents thus making it useful as a shunt voltage regulator
The purpose of a voltage regulator is to maintain a constant voltage across a load regardless of variations in the applied input voltage and variations in the load current The resistor is selected so that when the input voltage is at VIN(min) and the load current is at IL(max) that the current through the Zener diode is at least Iz(min) Then for all other combinations of input voltage and load current the Zener diode conducts the excess current thus maintaining a constant voltage across the load The Zener conducts the least current when the load current is the highest and it conducts the most current when the load current is the lowest
Circuit diagram
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
Procedure If there is no load resistance shunt regulators can be used to dissipate total power
through the series resistance and the Zener diode Shunt regulators have an inherent current limiting
advantage under load fault conditions because the series resistor limits excess current
A zener diode of break down voltage Vz is reverse connected to an input voltage source V i across a
load resistance RL and a series resistor RS The voltage across the zener will remain steady at its break
down voltage VZ for all the values of zener current IZ as long as the current remains in the break down
region Hence a regulated DC output voltage V0 = VZ is obtained across RL whenever the input voltage
remains within a minimum and maximum voltage
Basically there are two type of regulations
a) Line Regulation
In this type of regulation series resistance and load resistance are fixed only input voltage is
changing Output voltage remains same up to particular low input voltage
Percentage of line regulation can be calculated by =
where V0 is the output voltage and VIN input voltage
b) Load Regulation
In this type of regulation input voltage is fixed and the load resistance is varying Output volt remains
same zener diode maintain the flow of current through the load resistance
Percentage of load regulation =
where is the null load resistor voltage and is the full load resistor voltage
Result Thus a voltage regulator circuit using zener is constructed and line regulation and load regulation are determined
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
14 MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
Aim To study the working principle of monostable multivibrator
Components Required Transistor BC 108 resistors capacitors function generatorDiode 1N4004
Theory The basic collector-coupled Monostable Multivibrator circuit and its associated waveforms are shown above When power is firstly applied the base of transistor TR2 is connected to Vcc via the biasing resistor RT thereby turning the transistor fully-ON and into saturation and at the same time turningTR1 OFF in the process This then represents the circuits Stable State with zero output The current flowing into the saturated base terminal of TR2 will therefore be equal to Ib = (Vcc - 07)RT
If a negative trigger pulse is now applied at the input the fast decaying edge of the pulse will pass straight through capacitor C1 to the base of transistor TR1 via the blocking diode turning it ON The collector of TR1 which was previously at Vcc drops quickly to below zero volts effectively giving capacitorCT a reverse charge of -07v across its plates This action results in transistor TR2 now having a minus base voltage at point X holding the transistor fully OFF This then represents the circuits second state the Unstable State with an output voltage equal to Vcc
Timing capacitor CT begins to discharge this -07v through the timing resistor RT attempting to charge up to the supply voltage Vcc This negative voltage at the base of transistor TR2 begins to decrease gradually at a rate determined by the time constant of the RT CT combination As the base voltage ofTR2 increases back up to Vcc the transistor begins to conduct and doing so turns OFF again transistor TR1 which results in the monostable multivibrator automatically
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
returning back to its original stable state awaiting a second negative trigger pulse to restart the process once again
Monostable Multivibrators can produce a very short pulse or a much longer rectangular shaped waveform whose leading edge rises in time with the externally applied trigger pulse and whose trailing edge is dependent upon the RC time constant of the feedback components used This RC time constant may be varied with time to produce a series of pulses which have a controlled fixed time delay in relation to the original trigger pulse as shown below
Monostable Multivibrator Waveforms
Result
Thus the waveforms are traced and the working of monostable multivibrator is studied
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
15 Astable Multivibrator (AMV)
Aim - To construct an astable multivibrator using transistors for getting square waveand to determine the frequency of oscillationApparatus - Two n-p-n transistors two fixed carbon resistors two variable non ndashinductive resistors ( pots) two capacitors dc power supply CRO and connectingterminals
Formula
Circuit Diagram
Theory When power Vcc is applied by closing switch S collector current starts flowing in Q1 and Q2 and the coupling capacitors C1 and C2 start charging up Since the characteristics of no two seemingly similar transistors can be exactly alike one transistorsay Q1 will conduct more rapidly than the other Then the collector current of Ql will rise at a faster rate causing a decrease in its collector voltage The resulting negative signal is applied to the base of Q2 through C2 and drives it towards cut-off Consequently thecollector voltage of Q2 (positive going signal) is fed to the base of transistor Q1 through capacitor C1 As a result of this positive going pulse the collector current of Q1 is further increased The process being cumulative in a short time transistor Q1 is saturated while Q2 is cut-off These actions are so rapid and instantaneous that
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
C1 does not get a chance to discharge Under this situation whole of Vcc drops across RL1 (since Q1 is saturated or is in ON state) ie Vc1 = 0 and point A is at ground (or zero) potential Also since Q2 is cut-off (OFF state) there is no drop across RL2 and point B is at Vcc Capacitor C2 now begins to discharge through R2 which decreases the reverse bias on base of transistor Q2 Ultimately a forward bias is re-established at Q2 which therefore begins to conduct Consequently Collector of Q2 becomes less positive This negative going voltage signal is applied to the base of transistor Q1 through the capacitor C1 As a result Q1 is pulled out of saturation and is soon driven to cut-off Simultaneously Q2 is driven to saturation Now Vc2 decreases and becomes almost zero volt when Q2 gets saturated Consequently potential of point B decreases from Vcc to almost zero volt The transistor Q1 remains cut-off and Q2 in conduction until capacitor Cl discharges through R1 enough to decrease the reverse bias of Q1 The whole of the cycle is repeated The output of the multivibrator can be taken from the collector of either transistor The output is a square wave with a peak amplitude equal to Vcc Total time of the square wave T = T1 + T2 = 069 (R1C1+R2C2)
Procedure - The two transistors (Q1 and Q2) are connected in CE mode and they are given proper bias with the help of RL1 RL2 and + VCC Collector of each transistor is connected to the base of the other transistor through a condenser The condensers C1 and C2 are connected to the power supply through the variable resistors R1 and R2 The collector of any one of the transistor is connected the Y ndash plates of CRO Switch on the power Vcc and the power supply of CRO Observe the square wave on the screen Adjust the values Rl and R2 and the band switches of X and Y plates of CRO to get at least one complete wave on the screenThen the length of one complete wave ( l ) on screen is measured on horizontal scale this is multiplied with the time base ( t ) The product will give the time period of the wave ( l x t = T )The reciprocal of lsquoTrsquo gives the frequency ( f ) These values are noted in the table This frequency is experimental frequencyNow the Power Vcc is switched off and the resistance values of Rl and R2 are measured using multi-meter The values R1 R2 C1 and C2 are also noted in the table Substituting these values in the above formula we will get the frequency theoretically The theoretical and experimental frequencies are compared They are equalThe experiment is repeated with different values of R1 and R2 (the values of C1 and C2 can also be changed if possible)
Tabulation
Result Thus the astable multivibrator is constructed and the waveforms are traced
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
16 DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER USING BJT
AIMTo construct a Darlington current amplifier circuit and to plot the frequency response
characteristics
APPARATUS REQUIRED
SNo Name Range Quantity1 Transistor BC 107 12 Resistor 15kΩ10kΩ680Ω6kΩ 11113 Capacitor 01microF 47microF 2 14 Function Generator (0-3)MHz 15 CRO 30MHz 16 Regulated power supply (0-30)V 17 Bread Board 1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
MODEL GRAPH
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
f 1 FIG2 f2 f (Hz)
TAB 41
Keep the input voltage constant Vin =
Frequency (in Hz) Output Voltage (in volts) Gain= 20 log(VoVin) (in dB)
THEORY
In Darlington connection of transistors emitter of the first transistor is directly connected to the base of the second transistor Because of direct coupling dc output current of the first stage is (1+hfe )Ib1If Darlington connection for n transitor is considered then due to direct coupling the dc output current foe last stage is (1+h fe ) n times Ib1 Due to very large amplification factor even two stage Darlington connection has large output current and output stage may have to be a power stage As the power amplifiers are not used in the amplifier circuits it is not possible to use more than two transistors in the Darlington connection In Darlington transistor connection the leakage current of the first transistor is amplified by the second transistor and overall leakage current may be high Which is not desired
PROCEDURE
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier
1 Connect the circuit as per the circuit diagram2 Set Vi =50 mv using the signal generator3 Keeping the input voltage constant vary the frequency from 0 Hz to 1M Hz in regular steps and note down the corresponding output voltage4 Plot the graph Gain (dB) vs Frequency(Hz)5 Calculate the bandwidth from the graphRESULT
Thus the Darlington current amplifier was constructed and the frequency response curve is plotted The Gain Bandwidth Product is found to be =
QUESTIONS
1 What is meant by Darlington pair
2 How many transistors are used to construct a Darlington amplifier circuit
3 What is the advantage of Darlington amplifier circuit
4Write some applications of Darlington amplifier